HGS Series Precision Slide Cylinder

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X15S

  Specifications: HGS12X15S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 76 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 75 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 384.42 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $310.85

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X25SJ

  Specifications: HGS12X25SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 25 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X25 25 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 6.5 / 7.7 / 7.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 106 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 68 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 48 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 105 / 94 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 89 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X25H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 565.61 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $377.16

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X20SJ

  Specifications: HGS12X20SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 6.5 / 7.7 / 7.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 91 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 68 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 48 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 90 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 84 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 514.57 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $359.49

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X15SJ

  Specifications: HGS12X15SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 76 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 75 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 79 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 419.82 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $342.23

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X10SJ

  Specifications: HGS12X10SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 10 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X10 10 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 45 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 74 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 379.56 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $325.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X5SJ

  Specifications: HGS12X5SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 5 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X5 5 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 45 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 346.81 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $308.11

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X25S

  Specifications: HGS12X25S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 25 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X25 25 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 6.5 / 7.7 / 7.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 106 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 68 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 48 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 105 / 94 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X25H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 530.21 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $345.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X20S

  Specifications: HGS12X20S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 6.5 / 7.7 / 7.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 91 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 68 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 48 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 90 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M5 × 0.8; 5.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 479.17 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $327.98

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X10S

  Specifications: HGS12X10S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 10 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X10 10 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 45 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 339.76 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $288.11

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS12X5S

  Specifications: HGS12X5S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 5 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 12 12 mm cylinder bore X5 5 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M5 × 0.8 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.2–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 1.2 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.4 / 2.9 / 4.7 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 33 ±0.05 mm Body height 22 ±0.05 mm Rail width 32 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 25 / 28 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 28.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 45 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4.8 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 4.8 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS12X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. This selected control branch uses a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, respecting the cylinder edition note above and any lower connected-component limit. Apply temperature derating. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 312.65 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $270.99

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X20SJ

  Specifications: HGS10X20SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.8 / 3.1 / 3.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 90 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 56 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 40.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 89 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 84 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 416.38 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $316.06

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X15SJ

  Specifications: HGS10X15SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.8 / 3.1 / 3.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 75 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48.4 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 32.5 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 74 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 79 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 362.79 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $301.81

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X10SJ

  Specifications: HGS10X10SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 10 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X10 10 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.2 / 1.4 / 2.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 36 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 19.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 49 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 74 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 307.9 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $287.56

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X5SJ

  Specifications: HGS10X5SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 5 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X5 5 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.2 / 1.4 / 2.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 48 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 36 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 19.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 47 / 33 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H11 / H4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X5J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 244.33 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $273.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X20S

  Specifications: HGS10X20S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.8 / 3.1 / 3.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 90 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 56 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 40.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 89 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 380.98 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $279.07

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X15S

  Specifications: HGS10X15S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 2.8 / 3.1 / 3.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 75 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 48.4 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 32.5 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 74 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 327.39 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $264.82

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X10S

  Specifications: HGS10X10S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 10 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X10 10 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.2 / 1.4 / 2.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 36 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 19.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 49 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 268.1 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $250.57

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS10X5S

  Specifications: HGS10X5S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 5 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 10 10 mm cylinder bore X5 5 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.8 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.2 / 1.4 / 2.3 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=100 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 48 mm Body width 28 ±0.05 mm Body height 20 ±0.05 mm Rail width 27 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 0.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 36 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 20 / 19.1 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 5 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 24.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 47 / 33 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS10X5J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 210.17 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $236.33

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X20SJ

  Specifications: HGS8X20SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.7 / 1.7 / 1.8 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 90 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 45 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 32.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 89 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H8 / H3 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 66 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 282.67 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $295.51

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X15SJ

  Specifications: HGS8X15SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.7 / 1.7 / 1.8 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 75 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 45 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 32.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 74 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H8 / H3 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 61 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 245.56 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $281.26

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X10SJ

  Specifications: HGS8X10SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 10 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X10 10 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 0.42 / 0.42 / 0.87 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 60 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 35 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 22.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 59 / 49 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H8 / H3 mm Adjustment-device maximum length shown 56 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X10H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X10J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 201.14 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $269.89

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X5SJ

  Specifications: HGS8X5SJ is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 5 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X5 5 mm cylinder stroke SJ With magnet, sensor-holder package and stroke-adjustment device Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 0.42 / 0.42 / 0.87 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 46 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 35 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 22.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 45 / 31 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. Stroke adjustment 5 mm at one end for the 5 mm stroke; 5 mm at each end for strokes of 10 mm or longer Adjusting-screw hexagon H / socket H8 / H3 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X5H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X5J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 159.8 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $258.52

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X20S

  Specifications: HGS8X20S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X20 20 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.7 / 1.7 / 1.8 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 90 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 45 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 32.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 89 / 79 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X20H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 267.53 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $264.14

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HGS series: miniature precision slide-table cylinder - HGS8X15S

  Specifications: HGS8X15S is an HGS double-acting miniature precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore and 15 mm stroke. The stainless-steel body and slide provide guided linear motion. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HGS Miniature precision slide-table cylinder 8 8 mm cylinder bore X15 15 mm cylinder stroke S With magnet and sensor-holder package Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure — 2022 Chinese catalog 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +0.5 mm Lubrication Not required Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends; optional hydraulic shock absorbers are listed for HGS10/12 Air connection for this configuration M3 × 0.5 Magnet and holder Included Stroke-adjustment device Not included Edition note: the linked earlier English specification page gives 0.25–0.7 MPa for this size. The working-pressure entry above follows the 2022 Chinese HGS specification page. Select the operating supply for the supplied edition before installation. Load and accuracy Parameter Details Maximum allowable load for this stop arrangement 0.3 kg Maximum allowable pitch / yaw / roll moment 1.7 / 1.7 / 1.8 N·m Reference-surface parallelism 0.02 mm; C to A and D to B, as defined by the drawing Travel parallelism 0.004 mm; C to A and D to B E / F dimensional tolerance ±0.05 mm The catalog displacement plots relate pitch, roll and yaw loading to table displacement at L=80 mm. Check the load direction and lever arm in the drawing; a moment limit is not a direct load rating at every offset. Current configuration dimensions Parameter Details Body length in the retracted drawing 75 mm Body width 23 ±0.05 mm Body height 19 ±0.05 mm Rail width 20 ±0.02 mm Rail lateral offset 1.5 ±0.1 mm Slide length 45 mm Slide mounting-hole lateral / longitudinal reference spacing 15 / 32.9 mm Slide mounting threads M3 × 0.5; 3 mm depth Locating holes Ø3 mm, +0.01/+0.04 mm; depth 3 mm Rear mounting-hole lateral spacing 19.5 ±0.05 mm Sensor-holder rail length / screw pitch 74 / 64 mm Sensor-holder projection shown beyond body 10 mm Air-port position with sensor-holder package Use the S-configuration drawing: the sensor holder reroutes the air connection. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and adjustment Parameter Details Through-bolt fixing: screw / maximum torque / hole length M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 6.3 mm Threaded body fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M4 × 0.7; 2.5 N·m; 6.3 mm Workpiece top fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M3 × 0.5; 1.1 N·m; 3 mm Workpiece side fixing: screw / maximum torque / depth M2 × 0.4; 0.26 N·m; 4 mm Use screw lengths compatible with the available depth. Excessive tightening can cause damage; insufficient tightening can allow the workpiece to move or fall. The sensor package can be mounted on either side. Mount the stroke-adjustment package on the side without air ports, and fit the air-port transfer seal correctly. Internal structure and materials Component Material 1 — Body Stainless steel 2 — Slide table Stainless steel 3 — Stroke-adjustment screw Stainless steel 4 — Bumper NBR 5 — Nut Stainless steel 6 — Middle stopping block Free-cutting steel 7 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 8 — End stopping block Aluminum alloy 9 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 10 — Sensor mounting rail Aluminum alloy 11 — Hex-socket countersunk screw Alloy steel 12 — Magnet holder Engineering plastic 13 — Magnet Rare-earth material 14 — Cross-head screw Alloy steel 15 — Connecting pin Stainless steel 16 — Piston Stainless steel 17 — Piston O-ring NBR 18 — End cover Stainless steel 19 — O-ring NBR 20 — C retaining ring Spring steel The end-cover material above follows the 2022 Chinese parts table. The earlier English PDF prints TPU for item18, while the 2022 table identifies stainless steel; the entry is edition-specific. Options and accessories Parameter Details Sensor-holder package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15H Stroke-adjustment package for this bore and stroke F-HGS8X15J Optional oil shock absorber ACA0806-1N for HGS10/12 only; not listed for HGS6/8 Shock absorber locknut torque 1.67 N·m for ACA0806-1N Standard strokes for this bore 5, 10, 15, 20 mm Hydraulic shock absorbers are wear items. Replace them when energy absorption deteriorates. Do not turn the rear non-adjustable screw; doing so can cause oil leakage. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HGS cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching groove of the sensor-holder package included in this S configuration. The holder and its air-transfer seal must be installed correctly; do not fit the sensor directly to the bare cylinder body. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control For an S/SJ configuration, connect at the external working-air ports of the installed sensor-holder assembly shown in its configuration drawing, with the transfer seal correctly seated. The separately listed fittings do not include that holder assembly. Do not substitute the bare-body port thread for the holder-port thread. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.25–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 230.42 g. Catalog component-weight reference for this configuration; packaging and separately ordered electrical sensors are not included.

  Read more less

  $249.89

  View options

Show more products